blob: 84b4c75399f47ccb4c749e0e53205ab6930f55f8 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000205
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCall4b7a8342010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor076ceb02010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000426
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000429
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000771
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000772enum IMAKind {
773 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
774 IMA_Static,
775
776 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
777 IMA_Mixed,
778
779 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
780 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
781 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
782
783 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
784 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
785 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
786
787 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
788 IMA_Instance,
789
790 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
791 IMA_Unresolved,
792
793 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
794 /// context is not an instance method.
795 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
796
797 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
798 /// non-class context.
799 IMA_AnonymousMember,
800
801 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
802 /// context is not an instance method.
803 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
804
805 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
806 /// class.
807 IMA_Error_Unrelated
808};
809
810/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
811/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
812/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
813/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
814/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
815/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
816static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
817 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000818 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000819
820 bool isStaticContext =
821 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
822 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
823
824 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
825 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
826
827 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
828 bool hasNonInstance = false;
829 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
830 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000831 NamedDecl *D = *I;
832 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000833 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
834
835 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
836 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
837 // that's a special case.
838 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
839 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
840 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
841 }
842 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
843 }
844 else
845 hasNonInstance = true;
846 }
847
848 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
849 // member reference.
850 if (Classes.empty())
851 return IMA_Static;
852
853 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
854 // an implicit member reference.
855 if (isStaticContext)
856 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
857
858 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
859 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
860 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
861 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
862 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
863 Classes))
864 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
865
866 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
867}
868
869/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
870static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
871 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
872 const LookupResult &R) {
873 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
874 SourceRange Range(Loc);
875 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
876
877 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
878 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
879 if (MD->isStatic()) {
880 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
881 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
882 << Range << R.getLookupName();
883 return;
884 }
885 }
886
887 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
888 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
889 return;
890 }
891
892 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000893}
894
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000895/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
896///
897/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000898bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000899 LookupResult &R) {
900 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
901
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000902 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000903 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000904 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
905 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000906 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000908 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
909 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000910
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
912 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
913 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
914 // dependent name.
915 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
916 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
918 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
919
920 if (!R.empty()) {
921 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
922 R.suppressDiagnostics();
923
924 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
925 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
926 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
927 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
928
929 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
930 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
931 // Actually quite difficult!
932 if (isInstance)
933 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000934 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 else
936 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
937
938 // Do we really want to note all of these?
939 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
940 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
941
942 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
943 return false;
944 }
945 }
946 }
947
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000948 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000949 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
950 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
951 if (SS.isEmpty())
952 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000953 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
954 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000955 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000956 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
957 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
958 << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000959 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
960 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000961 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
962 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
963 << ND->getDeclName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000964
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000965 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
966 return false;
967 }
968
969 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
970 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
971 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
972 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
973 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
974 // to recover well anyway.
975 if (SS.isEmpty())
976 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000977 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000978 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
979 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
980 << SS.getRange();
981
982 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
983 return true;
984 }
985
986 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000987 }
988
989 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
990 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
991 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
992 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
993 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
994 << SS.getRange();
995 return true;
996 }
997
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000998 // Give up, we can't recover.
999 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1000 return true;
1001}
1002
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001003Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001004 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001005 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1006 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1007 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1008 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1009 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1010
1011 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001012 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001013
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001014 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001015
1016 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1017 DeclarationName Name;
1018 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1019 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001020 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1021 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001022
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001023 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001024
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001025 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1026 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001027 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1028 // (note: handled after lookup)
1029 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1030 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1031 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001032 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1033 // names a dependent type.
1034 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1035 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001036 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1037 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1038 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001039 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001040 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001041 TemplateArgs);
1042 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001043
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // Perform the required lookup.
1045 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1046 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001047 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001048 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001049 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001050 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1051 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001053 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1054 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001055 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1056 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001057 if (E.isInvalid())
1058 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001059
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001060 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1061 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001062 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001063 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001064
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001065 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1066 return ExprError();
1067
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001068 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1069 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001073 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001074 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1075 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1076 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1077 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1078 }
1079
1080 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1081 // call, diagnose the problem.
1082 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001083 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001084 return ExprError();
1085
1086 assert(!R.empty() &&
1087 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001088
1089 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1090 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001091 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001092 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1093 R.clear();
1094 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1095 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1096 return move(E);
1097 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001098 }
1099 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001101 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1102 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1103
1104 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001105 // Warn about constructs like:
1106 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1107 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001108 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1109 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001110 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Chris Lattner966c78b2010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001111 if ((CheckS->getFlags() & Scope::ElseScope) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001112 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001113 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001114 << Var->getDeclName()
Chris Lattner966c78b2010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001115 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType() ? 2 :
1116 Var->getType()->isBooleanType() ? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001117 break;
1118 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001120 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1121 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001122 }
1123 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001124 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001125 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1126 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1127 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1128 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1129 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1130 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001131 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001132 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001133
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001134 QualType T = Func->getType();
1135 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001138 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001139 }
1140 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001141
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001142 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1143 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1144 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1145 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1146 // class member access expression.
1147 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1148 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001149 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001150 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001151 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1152 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001153 }
1154
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001155 if (TemplateArgs)
1156 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001157
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001158 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1159}
1160
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001161/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1162Sema::OwningExprResult
1163Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1164 LookupResult &R,
1165 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1166 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1167 case IMA_Instance:
1168 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1169
1170 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1171 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1172 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1173 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1174
1175 case IMA_Mixed:
1176 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1177 case IMA_Unresolved:
1178 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1179
1180 case IMA_Static:
1181 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1182 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1183 if (TemplateArgs)
1184 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1185 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1186
1187 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1188 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1189 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1190 return ExprError();
1191 }
1192
1193 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1194 return ExprError();
1195}
1196
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001197/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1198/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1199/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1200/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001201Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001202Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001203 DeclarationName Name,
1204 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1205 DeclContext *DC;
1206 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1207 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1208 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1209 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1210
1211 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1212 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1213
1214 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1215 return ExprError();
1216
1217 if (R.empty()) {
1218 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1219 return ExprError();
1220 }
1221
1222 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1223}
1224
1225/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1226/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1227/// additional lookup.
1228///
1229/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1230/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1231///
1232/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1233Sema::OwningExprResult
1234Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001235 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001236 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001237 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001238
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001239 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1240 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1241 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1242 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1243 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1244
1245 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1246 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1247 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001248 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001249
1250 bool LookForIvars;
1251 if (Lookup.empty())
1252 LookForIvars = true;
1253 else if (IsClassMethod)
1254 LookForIvars = false;
1255 else
1256 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1257 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001258 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001259 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001260 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001261 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1262 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1263 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1264 if (IsClassMethod)
1265 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1266 << IV->getDeclName());
1267
1268 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1269 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1270 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1271 return ExprError();
1272
1273 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1274 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1275 return ExprError();
1276
1277 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1278 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1279 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1280 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1281
1282 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1283 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1284 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1285 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001286 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001287 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1288 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1289 SelfName, false, false);
1290 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1291 return Owned(new (Context)
1292 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1293 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1294 }
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001295 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001296 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001297 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001298 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1299 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1300 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1301 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1302 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1303 }
1304 }
1305
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001306 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1307 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1308 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1309 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1310 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1311 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1312 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1313 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1314 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1315 }
1316 }
1317 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001318 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1319 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001320}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001321
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001322/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1323///
1324/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1325///
1326/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1327/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1328/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1329/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1330///
1331/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1332/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1333/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1334/// the class declaring the member.
1335///
1336/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1337/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1338/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001339bool
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001340Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1341 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001342 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001343 NamedDecl *Member) {
1344 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1345 if (!RD)
1346 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001347
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001348 QualType DestRecordType;
1349 QualType DestType;
1350 QualType FromRecordType;
1351 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1352 bool PointerConversions = false;
1353 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1354 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001355
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001356 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1357 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1358 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1359 PointerConversions = true;
1360 } else {
1361 DestType = DestRecordType;
1362 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001363 }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001364 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1365 if (Method->isStatic())
1366 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001367
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001368 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1369 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001370
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001371 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1372 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1373 PointerConversions = true;
1374 } else {
1375 FromRecordType = FromType;
1376 DestType = DestRecordType;
1377 }
1378 } else {
1379 // No conversion necessary.
1380 return false;
1381 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001382
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001383 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1384 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001385
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001386 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1387 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1388 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001389
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001390 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1391 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1392
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001393 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001394 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001395 // class name.
1396 //
1397 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1398 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1399 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1400 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1401 //
1402 // class Base { public: int x; };
1403 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1404 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1405 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1406 //
1407 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1408 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1409 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1410 // }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001411 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001412 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1413 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1414 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1415
1416 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1417
1418 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1419 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1420 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1421 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
1422 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
1423 FromLoc, FromRange))
1424 return true;
1425
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001426 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001427 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001428 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001429 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1430
1431 FromType = QType;
1432 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1433
1434 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1435 // we're done.
1436 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1437 return false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001438 }
1439 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001440
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001441 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001442
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001443 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1444 // down to the using declaration's type.
1445 //
1446 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1447 // class ever has member declarations.
1448 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1449 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1450 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1451 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1452
1453 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1454 // conversion is non-trivial.
1455 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1456 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
1457 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
1458 FromLoc, FromRange))
1459 return true;
1460
1461 QualType UType = URecordType;
1462 if (PointerConversions)
1463 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001464 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001465 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1466 FromType = UType;
1467 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1468 }
1469
1470 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1471 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1472 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001473 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001474
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001475 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1476 DestRecordType,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001477 FromLoc,
1478 FromRange,
1479 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001480 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001481
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001482 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
1483 /*isLvalue=*/ !PointerConversions);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001484 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001485}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001486
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001487/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001488static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001489 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001490 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1491 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001492 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1493 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1494 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001495 if (SS.isSet()) {
1496 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1497 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001498 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001500 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001501 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001502}
1503
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001504/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1505/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1506/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1507/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001508Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001509Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1510 LookupResult &R,
1511 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1512 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001513 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1514
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001515 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001516
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001517 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1518 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001519 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001520 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001521 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001522 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001523 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001524
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001525 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1526 // 'this' expression now.
1527 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1528 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1529 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001530 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1531 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1532 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1533 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001534 }
1535
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001536 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1537 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1538 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001539 SS,
1540 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1541 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001542}
1543
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001544bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001545 const LookupResult &R,
1546 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001547 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1548 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1549 return false;
1550
1551 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001552 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001553 return false;
1554
1555 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001556 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001557 return false;
1558
1559 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1560 // normal lookup:
1561 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1562 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1563
1564 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1565 // -- a declaration of a class member
1566 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1567 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001568 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001569 return false;
1570
1571 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1572 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1573 // using-declaration
1574 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1575 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1576 // turn off ADL anyway).
1577 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1578 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1579 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1580 return false;
1581
1582 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1583 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1584 // template
1585 // And also for builtin functions.
1586 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1587 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1588
1589 // But also builtin functions.
1590 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1591 return false;
1592 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1593 return false;
1594 }
1595
1596 return true;
1597}
1598
1599
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001600/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1601/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1602/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1603/// will in fact be used.
1604static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1605 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1606 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1607 return true;
1608 }
1609
1610 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1611 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1612 return true;
1613 }
1614
1615 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1616 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1617 return true;
1618 }
1619
1620 return false;
1621}
1622
1623Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001624Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001625 LookupResult &R,
1626 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001627 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1628 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001629 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001630 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001631
1632 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1633 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1634 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001635 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1636 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001637 return ExprError();
1638
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001639 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1640 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1641 // we've picked a target.
1642 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1643
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001644 bool Dependent
1645 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001646 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001647 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001648 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1649 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001650 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1651 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001652 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001653
1654 return Owned(ULE);
1655}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001656
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001657
1658/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1659Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001660Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001661 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1662 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001663 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1664 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001665
1666 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1667 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001668
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001669 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1670 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1671 // a template argument list.
1672 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1673 << Template << SS.getRange();
1674 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1675 return ExprError();
1676 }
1677
1678 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1679 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1680 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001681 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001682 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001683 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001684 return ExprError();
1685 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001686
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001687 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1688 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1689 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1690 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001691 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001692 return ExprError();
1693
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001694 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1695 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001696 return ExprError();
1697
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001698 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1699 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1700 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1701 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001702 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001703 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1704 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1705 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001706 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001707 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001708 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1709 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1710 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1711 return ExprError();
1712 }
1713
Fariborz Jahanian8596bbe2010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001714 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001715 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1716 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1717 return ExprError();
1718 }
1719
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001720 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001721 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001722 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001723 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001724 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001725 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1726 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001727 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001728
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001729 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001730 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001731 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001732 }
1733 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1734 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001735
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001736 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001737}
1738
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001739Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1740 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001741 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001742
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001743 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001744 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001745 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1746 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1747 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001748 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001749
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001750 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1751 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001752
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001753 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1754 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001755 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001756 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001757 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001758
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001759 QualType ResTy;
1760 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1761 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1762 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001763 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001764
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001765 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001766 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001767 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1768 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001769 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001770}
1771
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001772Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001773 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001774 bool Invalid = false;
1775 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1776 if (Invalid)
1777 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001778
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001779 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1780 PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001781 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001782 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001783
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001784 QualType Ty;
1785 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1786 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1787 else if (Literal.isWide())
1788 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001789 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1790 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001791 else
1792 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001793
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001794 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1795 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001796 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001797}
1798
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001799Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1800 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001801 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1802 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001803 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001804 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001805 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001806 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001807 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001808
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001809 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001810 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1811 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001812 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001813
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001814 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001815 bool Invalid = false;
1816 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1817 if (Invalid)
1818 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001819
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001820 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001821 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1822 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001823 return ExprError();
1824
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001825 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001826
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001827 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001828 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001829 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001830 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001831 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001832 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001833 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001834 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001835
1836 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1837
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001838 using llvm::APFloat;
1839 APFloat Val(Format);
1840
1841 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001842
1843 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1844 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1845 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1846 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001847 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001848 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001849 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001850 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001851 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1852 } else {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001853 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001854 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1855 }
1856
1857 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1858 << Ty
1859 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1860 }
1861
1862 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001863 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001864
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001865 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001866 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001867 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001868 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001869
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001870 // long long is a C99 feature.
1871 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001872 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001873 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1874
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001875 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001876 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001877
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001878 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1879 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1880 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001881 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1882 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001883 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001884 } else {
1885 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1886 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001887
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001888 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1889 // be an unsigned int.
1890 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1891
1892 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001893 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001894 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1895 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001896 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001897
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001898 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1899 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1900 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1901 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001902 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001903 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001904 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001905 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001906 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001907 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001908
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001909 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001910 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001911 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001912
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001913 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1914 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1915 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1916 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001917 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001918 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001919 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001920 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001921 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001922 }
1923
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001924 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001925 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001926 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001927
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001928 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1929 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1930 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1931 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001932 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001933 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001934 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001935 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001936 }
1937 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001938
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001939 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1940 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001941 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001942 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001943 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001944 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001945 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001946
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001947 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1948 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001949 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001950 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001951 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001952
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001953 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1954 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001956 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001957
1958 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001959}
1960
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001961Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1962 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001963 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001964 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001965 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001966}
1967
1968/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1969/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001970bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001971 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1972 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1973 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001974 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1975 return false;
1976
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001977 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1978 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1979 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1980 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1981 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1982 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1983
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001984 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001985 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001986 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001987 if (isSizeof)
1988 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1989 return false;
1990 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001992 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001993 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001994 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1995 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001996 return false;
1997 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001998
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001999 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002000 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2001 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002002 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002003
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002004 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002005 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002006 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002007 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2008 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002009 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002010
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002011 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002012}
2013
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002014bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2015 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2016 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002017
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002019 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2020 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002021
2022 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2023 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2024 return false;
2025
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002026 if (E->getBitField()) {
2027 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2028 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002029 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002030
2031 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2032 // bit-field.
2033 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002034 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002035 return false;
2036
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002037 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2038}
2039
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002040/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002042Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002043 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002044 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002045 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002046 return ExprError();
2047
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002048 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002049
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002050 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2051 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2052 return ExprError();
2053
2054 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002055 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002056 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2057 R.getEnd()));
2058}
2059
2060/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2061/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002062Action::OwningExprResult
2063Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002064 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2065 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2066 bool isInvalid = false;
2067 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2068 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2069 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2070 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002071 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2073 isInvalid = true;
2074 } else {
2075 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2076 }
2077
2078 if (isInvalid)
2079 return ExprError();
2080
2081 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2082 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2083 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2084 R.getEnd()));
2085}
2086
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002087/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2088/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2089/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002090Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002091Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2092 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002093 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002094 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002095
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002096 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002097 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2098 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2099 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002101
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002102 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2103 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2104 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2105
2106 if (Result.isInvalid())
2107 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2108
2109 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002110}
2111
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002112QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002113 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2114 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002115
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002116 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002117 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002118 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002119
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002120 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2121 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2122 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002123
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002124 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002125 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2126 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002127 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002128}
2129
2130
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002131
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002132Action::OwningExprResult
2133Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2134 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002135 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2136 switch (Kind) {
2137 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2138 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2139 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2140 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002141
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002142 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002143}
2144
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002145Action::OwningExprResult
2146Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2147 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002148 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2149 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2150
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002151 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2152 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002155 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2156 Base.release();
2157 Idx.release();
2158 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2159 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2160 }
2161
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002162 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002163 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002164 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2165 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2166 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002167 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002168 }
2169
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002170 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2171}
2172
2173
2174Action::OwningExprResult
2175Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2176 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2177 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2178 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2179
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002180 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002181 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2182 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2183 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002184
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002185 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002186
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002187 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002188 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002189 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002190 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002191 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2192 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002193 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2194 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2195 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2196 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002197 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002198 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2199 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002200 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002201 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002202 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002203 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2204 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002205 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002206 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002207 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002208 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2209 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2210 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002211 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002212 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002213 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2214 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2215 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2216 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002217 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002218 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002219 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002220
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002221 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2222 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002223 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2224 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002225 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002226 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2227 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2228 // force the promotion here.
2229 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2230 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002231 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2232 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002233 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2234
2235 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2236 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002237 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002238 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2239 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2240 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2241 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002242 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2243 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002244 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2245
2246 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2247 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002248 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002249 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002250 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2251 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002252 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002253 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002254 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2255 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002256 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2257 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002258
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002259 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002260 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2261 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002262 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2263
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002264 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002265 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2266 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002267 // incomplete types are not object types.
2268 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2269 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2270 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2271 return ExprError();
2272 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002273
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002274 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002275 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002276 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2277 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002278 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002280 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2281 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2282 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2283 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2284 return ExprError();
2285 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002287 Base.release();
2288 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002289 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002290 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002291}
2292
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002293QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002294CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002296 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002297 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2298 // see FIXME there.
2299 //
2300 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2301 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002302 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002303
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002304 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002305 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002306
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002307 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002308 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2309 // to be selected.
2310 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002311
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002312 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2313 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002314 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002315
2316 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2317 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002318 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002319 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2320 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002321 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002322 do
2323 compStr++;
2324 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002325 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002326 do
2327 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002328 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002329 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002330
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002331 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002332 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2333 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002334 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2335 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002336 return QualType();
2337 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002338
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002339 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2340 // operates on.
2341 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002342 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002343
2344 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002345 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002346
2347 while (*compStr) {
2348 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2349 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2350 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2351 return QualType();
2352 }
2353 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002354 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002355
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002356 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002357 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002358 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002359 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002360 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002361 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002362 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002363 if (HexSwizzle)
2364 CompSize--;
2365
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002366 if (CompSize == 1)
2367 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002368
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002369 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002370 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002371 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2372 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2373 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2374 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002375 }
2376 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002377}
2378
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002379static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002380 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002381 const Selector &Sel,
2382 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002384 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002385 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002386 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002387 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002388
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002389 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2390 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002392 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002393 return D;
2394 }
2395 return 0;
2396}
2397
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002398static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002399 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002400 const Selector &Sel,
2401 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002402 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2403 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002404 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002405 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002406 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002407 GDecl = PD;
2408 break;
2409 }
2410 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002411 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002412 GDecl = OMD;
2413 break;
2414 }
2415 }
2416 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002417 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002418 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2419 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002420 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002421 if (GDecl)
2422 return GDecl;
2423 }
2424 }
2425 return GDecl;
2426}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002427
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002428Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002429Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2430 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002431 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2432 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2433 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2434 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2435 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2436
2437 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2438 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2439 //
2440 // T* t;
2441 // t.f;
2442 //
2443 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2444 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2445 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2446 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002447 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002448 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2449 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002450 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002451 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002452 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002453 return ExprError();
2454 }
2455 }
2456
Douglas Gregor01e56ae2010-04-12 20:54:26 +00002457 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
2458 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002459
2460 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2461 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002462 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002463 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2464 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2465 SS.getRange(),
2466 FirstQualifierInScope,
2467 Name, NameLoc,
2468 TemplateArgs));
2469}
2470
2471/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2472/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2473/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2474static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2475 Expr *BaseExpr,
2476 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002477 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002478 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002479 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2480 // diagnostics.
2481 if (!BaseExpr)
2482 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002483
2484 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2485 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002486 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002487 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002488 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002489}
2490
2491// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2492// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2493// type. The restriction here is:
2494//
2495// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2496// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2497// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2498//
2499// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2500// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2501// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2502// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2503bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2504 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002505 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002506 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002507 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2508 if (!BaseRT) {
2509 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2510 // dependent.
2511 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2512 return false;
2513 }
2514 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002515
2516 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002517 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2518 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002519 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002520 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002521
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002522 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2523 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2524 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2525 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2526
2527 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2528 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2529
2530 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2531 return false;
2532 }
2533
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002534 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002535 return true;
2536}
2537
2538static bool
2539LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2540 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002541 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002542 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2543 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002544 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002545 << BaseRange))
2546 return true;
2547
2548 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2549 if (SS.isSet()) {
2550 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2551 // nested-name-specifier.
2552 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2553
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002554 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2555 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2556 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2557 return true;
2558 }
2559
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002560 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002561
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002562 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2563 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2564 << DC << SS.getRange();
2565 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002566 }
2567 }
2568
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002569 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2570 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002571
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002572 if (!R.empty())
2573 return false;
2574
2575 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2576 // for typos.
2577 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002578 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002579 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2580 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2581 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002582 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2583 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002584 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2585 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2586 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002587 return false;
2588 } else {
2589 R.clear();
2590 }
2591
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002592 return false;
2593}
2594
2595Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002596Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002597 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002598 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002599 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2600 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2601 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2602 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2603
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002604 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2605 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002606 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002607 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2608 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2609 Name, NameLoc,
2610 TemplateArgs);
2611
2612 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002613
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002614 // Implicit member accesses.
2615 if (!Base) {
2616 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2617 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2618 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2619 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2620 OpLoc, SS))
2621 return ExprError();
2622
2623 // Explicit member accesses.
2624 } else {
2625 OwningExprResult Result =
2626 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002627 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002628
2629 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2630 Owned(Base);
2631 return ExprError();
2632 }
2633
2634 if (Result.get())
2635 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002636 }
2637
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002638 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002639 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2640 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002641}
2642
2643Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002644Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2645 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2646 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002647 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002648 LookupResult &R,
2649 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2650 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002651 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002652 if (IsArrow) {
2653 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2654 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2655 }
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002656 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002657
2658 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2659 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2660 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2661 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2662
2663 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002664 return ExprError();
2665
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002666 if (R.empty()) {
2667 // Rederive where we looked up.
2668 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2669 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2670 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002671
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002672 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002673 << MemberName << DC
2674 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002675 return ExprError();
2676 }
2677
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002678 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2679 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2680 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2681 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2682 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2683 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2684 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2685 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2686 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2687 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2688 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002689 return ExprError();
2690
2691 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2692 // result.
2693 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002694 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002695 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002696 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002697 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002698
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002699 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2700 // pick a member.
2701 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2702
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002703 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2704 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2705 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002706 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2707 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002708 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2709 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2710 TemplateArgs);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002711 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002712
2713 return Owned(MemExpr);
2714 }
2715
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002716 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002717 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002718 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2719
2720 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2721
2722 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2723 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2724 // error cases.
2725 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2726 return ExprError();
2727
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002728 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2729 if (!BaseExpr) {
2730 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002731 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002732 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2733
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002734 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2735 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2736 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2737 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002738 }
2739
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002740 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2741 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2742 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2743 // explicitly qualified.
2744 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2745 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2746 }
2747
2748 // Check the use of this member.
2749 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2750 Owned(BaseExpr);
2751 return ExprError();
2752 }
2753
2754 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2755 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2756 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002757 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2758 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002759 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2760 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2761
2762 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2763 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2764 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2765 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2766 else {
2767 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2768 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2769 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2770
2771 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2772 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2773
2774 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2775 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2776 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2777 }
2778
2779 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002780 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002781 return ExprError();
2782 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002783 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002784 }
2785
2786 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2787 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2788 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002789 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002790 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2791 }
2792
2793 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2794 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2795 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002796 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002797 MemberFn->getType()));
2798 }
2799
2800 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2801 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2802 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002803 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002804 }
2805
2806 Owned(BaseExpr);
2807
2808 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2809 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2810 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2811
2812 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2813 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2814 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2815 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2816 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2817 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2818}
2819
2820/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2821/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2822/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2823/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2824/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2825/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2826/// an ordinary member expression.
2827///
2828/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2829/// fixed for ObjC++.
2830Sema::OwningExprResult
2831Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002832 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002833 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002834 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002835 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002836
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002837 // Perform default conversions.
2838 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002839
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002840 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002841 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2842
2843 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2844 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002845
2846 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002847 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002848 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2849 // call, and continue on.
2850 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2851 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2852 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2853 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2854 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002855 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2856 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002857 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2858 ->isRecordType()))) {
2859 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2860 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2861 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002862 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002863
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002864 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002865 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002866 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2867 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002868 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002869
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002870 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2871 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2872 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2873 }
2874 }
2875 }
2876
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002877 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2878 // use that.
2879 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002880 if (IsArrow) {
2881 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2882 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2883 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2884 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2885 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002886 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2887 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002888 }
2889 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002890 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2891 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2892 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2893 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002894 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002895 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002896 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002897
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002898 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2899 // use that.
2900 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2901 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2902 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2903 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2904 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2905 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2906 }
2907 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002908
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002909 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002910
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002911 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002912 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002913 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2914 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2915 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2916 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2917 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2918 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2919 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2920 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2921 // Check the use of this method.
2922 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2923 return ExprError();
2924 }
2925 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2926 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2927 Selector SetterSel =
2928 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2929 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2930 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2931 if (!Setter) {
2932 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2933 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002934 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002935 }
2936 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2937 if (!Setter)
2938 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002939
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002940 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2941 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002942
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002943 if (Getter || Setter) {
2944 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002945
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002946 if (Getter)
2947 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2948 else
2949 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2950 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2951 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002952 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002953 PType,
2954 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2955 }
2956 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2957 << MemberName << BaseType);
2958 }
2959 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002960
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002961 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2962 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2963 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002964 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002965 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002966
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002967 if (IsArrow) {
2968 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002969 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002970 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2971 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002972 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2973 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2974 // struct MyRecord foo;
2975 // foo->bar
2976 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2977 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2978 // by now.
2979 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2980 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002981 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002982 IsArrow = false;
2983 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002984 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2985 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2986 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002987 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002988 } else {
2989 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2990 // type *foo;
2991 // foo.bar
2992 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2993 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2994 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2995 // the appropriate pointer type
2996 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2997 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2998 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2999 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3000 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003001 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003002 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3003 IsArrow = true;
3004 }
3005 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003006 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003007
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003008 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3009 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003010 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003011 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3012 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003013 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003014 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003015 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003016
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003017 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3018 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003019 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3020 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003021 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003022 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003023 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003024 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003025 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3026
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003027 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3028 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003029 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003030
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003031 if (!IV) {
3032 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3033 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3034 LookupMemberName);
3035 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
3036 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003037 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003038 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3039 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003040 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3041 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003042 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003043 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003044 }
3045 }
3046
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003047 if (IV) {
3048 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3049 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3050 // error cases.
3051 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3052 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003053
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003054 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3055 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3056 return ExprError();
3057 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3058 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3060 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3061 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3062 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3063 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3064 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3065 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3066 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3067 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3068 // AST for a function decl.
3069 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003071 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3072 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3073 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3074 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3075 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3076 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003077
3078 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3079 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003080 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003082 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003083 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3084 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003085 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003086 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003087 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003088
3089 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3090 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003091 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003092 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003093 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003094 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003095 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003096 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003097 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003098 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003099 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3100 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003101 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003102 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003103
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003104 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003105 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003106 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3107 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3108 // Check the use of this declaration
3109 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3110 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003111
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003112 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3113 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3114 }
3115 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3116 // Check the use of this method.
3117 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3118 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003119
Ted Kremenekeb3b3242010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003120 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003121 OMD->getResultType(),
3122 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003123 NULL, 0));
3124 }
3125 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003126
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003127 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003128 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003129 }
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00003130
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003131 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3132 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner7f816522010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003133 if (!IsArrow)
3134 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3135 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattnerb9d4fc12010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003136 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003137
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003138 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003139 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003140 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003141 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003142 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003143 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003144
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003145 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003146 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003147 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003148 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3149 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003150 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003151 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003152 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003153 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003154
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003155 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3156 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3157
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003158 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003159}
3160
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003161/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3162/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3163/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3164/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3165/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3166///
3167/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3168/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3169/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3170/// only be called
3171/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3172/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3173/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3174Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3175 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3176 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003177 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003178 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3179 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3180 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3181 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3182 return ExprError();
3183
3184 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3185
3186 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3187 DeclarationName Name;
3188 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3189 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3190 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3191 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3192
3193 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3194
3195 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3196 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3197 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3198
3199 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3200 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3201
3202 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3203 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor01e56ae2010-04-12 20:54:26 +00003204 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
3205 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003206 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003207 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3208 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3209 Name, NameLoc,
3210 TemplateArgs);
3211 } else {
3212 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3213 if (TemplateArgs) {
3214 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3215 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3216 } else {
3217 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003218 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003219
3220 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3221 Owned(Base);
3222 return ExprError();
3223 }
3224
3225 if (Result.get()) {
3226 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3227 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3228 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3229 // call now.
3230 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3231 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003232 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003233
3234 return move(Result);
3235 }
3236 }
3237
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003238 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003239 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3240 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003241 }
3242
3243 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003244}
3245
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003246Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3247 FunctionDecl *FD,
3248 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3249 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3250 Diag (CallLoc,
3251 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3252 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003253 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003254 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3255 } else {
3256 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3257 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3258
3259 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003260 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3261 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003262
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003263 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3264 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003265 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003266
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003267 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003268 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003269 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003271 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3272 InitializedEntity Entity
3273 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3274 InitializationKind Kind
3275 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3276 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3277 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3278
3279 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003280 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003281 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3282 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003283 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003284
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003285 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003286 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003287 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003288 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003289
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003290 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3291 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3292 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003293 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3294 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003295 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3296 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003297 }
3298
3299 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003300 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003301}
3302
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003303/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3304/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3305/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3306/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3307/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3308/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003309bool
3310Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003311 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003312 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003313 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3314 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003315 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003316 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3317 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003318 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003319
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003320 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3321 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3322 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3323 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3324 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3325 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003326 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003327 }
3328
3329 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3330 // them.
3331 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3332 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3333 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3334 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3335 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3336 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3337 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3338 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003339 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003340 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003341 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003342 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003343 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003344 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003345 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3346 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3347 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3348 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3349 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003350 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003351 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003352 if (Invalid)
3353 return true;
3354 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3355 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3356 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003357
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003358 return false;
3359}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003360
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003361bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3362 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3363 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3364 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3365 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3366 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003367 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003368 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3369 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3370 bool Invalid = false;
3371 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3372 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3373 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3374 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003375 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003376 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003377 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003378
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003379 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003380 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3381 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003382
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003383 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3384 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003385 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003386 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003387 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003388
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003389 // Pass the argument
3390 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3391 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3392 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003393
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003394
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003395 InitializedEntity Entity =
3396 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3397 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3398 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3399 SourceLocation(),
3400 Owned(Arg));
3401 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3402 return true;
3403
3404 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003405 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003406 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003407
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003408 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003409 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003410 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3411 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003412
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003413 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003414 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003415 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003416 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003417
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003418 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003419 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003420 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003421 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003422 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003423 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003424 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003425 }
3426 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003427 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003428}
3429
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003430/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003431/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3432/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003433Action::OwningExprResult
3434Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3435 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003436 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003437 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003438
3439 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3440 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003441
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003442 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003443 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003444 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003445
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003446 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003447 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3448 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3449 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3450 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3451 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003452 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003453 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3454 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003455
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003456 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3457 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003458
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003459 NumArgs = 0;
3460 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003462 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3463 RParenLoc));
3464 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003465
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003466 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003467 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003468 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3469 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003470 bool Dependent = false;
3471 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3472 Dependent = true;
3473 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3474 Dependent = true;
3475
3476 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003477 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003478 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3479
3480 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3481 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3482 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3483 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3484
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003485 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3486
3487 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3488 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3489 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3490 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3491 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3492 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3493 // method template.
3494 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3495 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003496 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003497
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003498 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3499 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003500 }
3501
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003502 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003503 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003504 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003505 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003506 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3507 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003508 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003509
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003510 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003511 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003512 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3513 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003514 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003515 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3516 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003517
3518 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3519 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003520 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3521 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003522
3523 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3524 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003525 TheCall.get(), 0))
3526 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003527
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003528 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003529 RParenLoc))
3530 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003531
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003532 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3533 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003534 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003535 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3536 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003537 }
3538 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003539 }
3540
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003541 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003542 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003543 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003544
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003545 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003546 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3547 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3548 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3549 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003550 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003551
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003552 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3553 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3554 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3555
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003556 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3557}
3558
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003559/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3560/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003561/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3562/// block-pointer type.
3563///
3564/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3565Sema::OwningExprResult
3566Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3567 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3568 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3569 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3570 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3571
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003572 // Promote the function operand.
3573 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3574
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003575 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3576 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003577 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3578 Args, NumArgs,
3579 Context.BoolTy,
3580 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003581
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003582 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3583 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3584 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3585 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003586 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003587 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003588 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3589 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003590 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003591 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003592 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003593 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003594 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003595 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003596 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3597 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3598
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003599 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003600 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003601 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3602 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003603 return ExprError();
3604
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003605 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003606 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003607
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003608 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003609 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003610 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003611 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003612 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003613 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003614
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003615 if (FDecl) {
3616 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3617 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3618 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003619 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003620 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003621 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003622 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3623 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3624 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3625 }
3626 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003627 }
3628
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003629 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003630 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3631 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3632 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003633 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3634 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003635 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3636 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003637 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003638 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003639 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003640 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003641
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003642 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3643 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003644 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3645 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003646
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003647 // Check for sentinels
3648 if (NDecl)
3649 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003650
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003651 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003652 if (FDecl) {
3653 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3654 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003655
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003656 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003657 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3658 } else if (NDecl) {
3659 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3660 return ExprError();
3661 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003662
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003663 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003664}
3665
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003666Action::OwningExprResult
3667Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3668 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003669 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003670 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003671 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003672
3673 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3674 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3675 if (!TInfo)
3676 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3677
3678 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3679}
3680
3681Action::OwningExprResult
3682Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3683 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3684 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003685 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003686
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003687 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003688 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003689 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3690 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003691 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3692 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003693 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003694 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003695 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003696 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003697
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003698 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003699 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003700 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003701 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003702 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003703 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3704 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3705 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3706 &literalType);
3707 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003708 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003709 InitExpr.release();
3710 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003711
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003712 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003713 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003714 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003715 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003716 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003717
3718 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003719
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003720 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003721 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003722}
3723
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003724Action::OwningExprResult
3725Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003726 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3727 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3728 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003729
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003730 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003731 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003732
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003733 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
3734 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003735 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003736 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003737}
3738
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003739static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3740 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003741 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003742 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3743
3744 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3745 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003746 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3747 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003748 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003749 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3750 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3751 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003752
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003753 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3754 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3755 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3756 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3757 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3758 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3759 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3760 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003761
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003762 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3763 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3764 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3765 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3766 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3767 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003768
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003769 // FIXME: Assert here.
3770 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3771 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3772}
3773
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003774/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003775bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003777 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3778 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003779 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003780 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3781 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003782
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003783 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003784
3785 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3786 // type needs to be scalar.
3787 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3788 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003789 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3790 return false;
3791 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003792
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003793 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003794 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003795 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3796 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003797 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003798 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3799 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003800 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003801 return false;
3802 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003803
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003804 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003805 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003806 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003807 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003808 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003809 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003810 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003811 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003812 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3813 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3814 break;
3815 }
3816 }
3817 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3818 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3819 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003820 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003821 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003822 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003823
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003824 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3825 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3826 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3827 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003828
3829 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003830 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003831 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3832 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003833 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003834 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003835
3836 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003837 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003838
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003839 if (castType->isVectorType())
3840 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3841 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3842 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3843
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003844 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3845 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003846
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003847 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003848 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3849 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3850 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3851 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3852 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3853 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3854 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3855 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3856 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3857 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003858 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003859
3860 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003861 return false;
3862}
3863
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003864bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3865 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003866 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003867
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003868 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003869 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003870 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003871 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003872 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003873 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003874 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003875 } else
3876 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003877 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003878 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003879
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003880 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003881 return false;
3882}
3883
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003884bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003885 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003886 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003887
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003888 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003889
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003890 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3891 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003892 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3893 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3894 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3895 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003896 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003897 return false;
3898 }
3899
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003900 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003901 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3902 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003903 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3904 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3905 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3906 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003907
3908 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3909 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3910 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003911
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003912 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003913 return false;
3914}
3915
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003916Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003917Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003918 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3919 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3920 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003921
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003922 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3923 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3924 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003925 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003926
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003927 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003928 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003929 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003930 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3931 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003932
3933 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3934}
3935
3936Action::OwningExprResult
3937Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3938 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3939 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3940
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003941 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003942 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3943 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003944 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003945 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003946
3947 if (Method) {
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003948 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
3949 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
3950 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003951
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003952 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3953 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003954
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003955 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3956 } else {
3957 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003958 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003959
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003960 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
3961 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003962 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003963}
3964
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003965/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3966/// of comma binary operators.
3967Action::OwningExprResult
3968Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3969 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3970 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3971 if (!E)
3972 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003973
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003974 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003975
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003976 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3977 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3978 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003979
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003980 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3981}
3982
3983Action::OwningExprResult
3984Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3985 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003986 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003987 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003988 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003989
3990 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003991 // then handle it as such.
3992 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3993 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3994 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3995 return ExprError();
3996 }
3997
3998 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3999 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4000 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4001
4002 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4003 // braces instead of the original commas.
4004 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004005 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004006 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4007 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004008 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004009 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004010 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004011 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4012 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004013 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004014 }
4015}
4016
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004017Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004018 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004019 MultiExprArg Val,
4020 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004021 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4022 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004023 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4024 Expr *expr;
4025 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4026 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4027 else
4028 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004029 return Owned(expr);
4030}
4031
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004032/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4033/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004034/// C99 6.5.15
4035QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4036 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004037 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4038 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4039 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4040
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004041 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004042
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004043 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4044 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4045 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4046 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4047 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4048 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004049
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004050 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004051 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4052 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4053 << CondTy;
4054 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004055 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004056
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004057 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004058 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4059 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004060
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004061 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4062 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004063 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4064 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4065 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004066 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004067
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004068 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4069 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004070 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4071 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004072 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004074 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004075 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004076 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004077 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004078
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004079 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004080 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004081 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4082 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4083 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4084 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4085 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4086 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4087 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004088 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4089 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004090 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004091 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004092 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4093 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004094 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004095 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004096 // promote the null to a pointer.
4097 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004098 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004099 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004100 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004101 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004102 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004103 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004104 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004105
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004106 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4107 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4108 QuestionLoc);
4109 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4110 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004111
4112
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004113 // Handle block pointer types.
4114 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4115 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4116 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4117 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004118 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4119 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004120 return destType;
4121 }
4122 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004123 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004124 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004125 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004126 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4127 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4128 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004129 return LHSTy;
4130 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004131 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004132 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4133 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004134
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004135 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4136 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004137 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004138 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004139 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4140 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4141 // to get a consistent AST.
4142 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004143 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4144 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004145 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004146 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004147 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004148 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4149 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004150 return LHSTy;
4151 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004152
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004153 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4154 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4155 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004156 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4157 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004158
4159 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4160 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4161 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004162 QualType destPointee
4163 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004164 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004165 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4166 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4167 // Promote to void*.
4168 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004169 return destType;
4170 }
4171 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004172 QualType destPointee
4173 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004174 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004175 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004176 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004177 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004178 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004179 return destType;
4180 }
4181
4182 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4183 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4184 return LHSTy;
4185 }
4186 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4187 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4188 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4189 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4190 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4191 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4192 // to get a consistent AST.
4193 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004194 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4195 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004196 return incompatTy;
4197 }
4198 // The pointer types are compatible.
4199 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4200 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4201 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4202 // type.
4203 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4204 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004205 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4206 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004207 return LHSTy;
4208 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004209
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004210 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4211 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4212 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4213 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004214 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004215 return RHSTy;
4216 }
4217 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4218 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4219 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004220 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004221 return LHSTy;
4222 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004223
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004224 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004225 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4226 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004227 return QualType();
4228}
4229
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004230/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4231/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4232QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4233 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4234 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4235 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004236
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004237 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4238 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4239 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4240 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4241 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4242 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4243 return LHSTy;
4244 }
4245 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4246 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4247 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4248 return RHSTy;
4249 }
4250 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4251 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4252 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4253 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4254 return LHSTy;
4255 }
4256 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4257 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4258 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4259 return RHSTy;
4260 }
4261 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4262 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4263 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4264 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4265 return LHSTy;
4266 }
4267 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4268 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4269 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4270 return RHSTy;
4271 }
4272 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4273 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004274
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004275 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4276 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4277 return LHSTy;
4278 }
4279 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4280 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4281 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004282
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004283 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4284 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4285 // type. This allows
4286 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4287 // where B is a subclass of A.
4288 //
4289 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4290 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4291 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4292 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004293
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004294 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4295 // It could return the composite type.
4296 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4297 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4298 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4299 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4300 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4301 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4302 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4303 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4304 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4305 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4306 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4307 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4308 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4309 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004310 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004311 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4312 ;
4313 else {
4314 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4315 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4316 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4317 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4318 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4319 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4320 return incompatTy;
4321 }
4322 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4323 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4324 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4325 return compositeType;
4326 }
4327 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4328 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4329 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4330 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4331 QualType destPointee
4332 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4333 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4334 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4335 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4336 // Promote to void*.
4337 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4338 return destType;
4339 }
4340 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4341 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4342 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4343 QualType destPointee
4344 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4345 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4346 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4347 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4348 // Promote to void*.
4349 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4350 return destType;
4351 }
4352 return QualType();
4353}
4354
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004355/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004356/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004357Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4358 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4359 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4360 ExprArg RHS) {
4361 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4362 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004363
4364 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4365 // was the condition.
4366 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4367 if (isLHSNull)
4368 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004369
4370 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004371 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004372 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004373 return ExprError();
4374
4375 Cond.release();
4376 LHS.release();
4377 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004378 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004379 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004380 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004381}
4382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004383// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004384// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004385// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4386// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4387// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004388Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004389Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4390 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004391
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004392 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4393 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4394 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4395 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4396 return Compatible;
4397 }
4398
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004399 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004400 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4401 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004402
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004403 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004404 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4405 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004406
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004407 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004408
4409 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4410 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4411 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004412 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004413 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004414 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004415
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4417 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004418 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004419 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004420 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004421 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004422
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004423 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004424 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4425 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004426 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004427
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004428 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004429 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004430 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004431
4432 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004433 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4434 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004435 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004436 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004437 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004438 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4439 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4440 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4441 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4442 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4443 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004444 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004445 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004446 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004447 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004448
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004449 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004450 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004451 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004452 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004453
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004454 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4455 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4456 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4457 // warning can be disabled.
4458 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4459 return ConvTy;
4460 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4461 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004462
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004463 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4464 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4465 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4466 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4467 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4468 do {
4469 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4470 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004471
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004472 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4473 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4474 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004475
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004476 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004477 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004478 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004479
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004480 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004481 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004482 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004483 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004484}
4485
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004486/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4487/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4488/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4489// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004490Sema::AssignConvertType
4491Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004492 QualType rhsType) {
4493 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004494
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004495 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004496 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4497 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004498
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004499 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4500 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4501 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004503 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004504
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004505 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004506 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004507 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004508
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004509 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4510 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4511 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4512 }
4513 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004514 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004515 return ConvTy;
4516}
4517
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004518/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4519/// for assignment compatibility.
4520Sema::AssignConvertType
4521Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004522 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4523 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004524 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4525 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004526 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004527 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004528 }
4529 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4530 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004531 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4532 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004533 return IncompatiblePointer;
4534 return Compatible;
4535 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004536 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004537 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004538 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004539 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4540 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4541 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4542 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4543 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4544 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004545
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004546 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4547 return Compatible;
4548 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4549 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004550 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004551}
4552
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004553/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4554/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004555/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4556///
4557/// int a, *pint;
4558/// short *pshort;
4559/// struct foo *pfoo;
4560///
4561/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4562/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4563/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4564/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4565///
4566/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004567/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004568///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004569Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004570Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004571 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4572 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004573 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4574 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004575
4576 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004577 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004578
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004579 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4580 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4581 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4582 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4583 return Compatible;
4584 }
4585
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004586 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4587 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4588 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4589 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4590 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4591 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4592 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004593 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004594 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004595 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004596 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004597 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004598 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4599 // to the same ExtVector type.
4600 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4601 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4602 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4603 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4604 return Compatible;
4605 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004606
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004607 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004608 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004609 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004610 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004611 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4612 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004613 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004614 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004615 }
4616 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004617 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004618
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004619 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004620 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004621
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004622 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004623 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004624 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004625
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004626 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004627 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004628
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004629 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004630 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004631 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4632 return Compatible;
4633 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004634 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004635 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4636 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004637 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004638
4639 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004640 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004641 return Compatible;
4642 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004643 return Incompatible;
4644 }
4645
4646 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4647 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004648 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004649
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004650 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004651 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004652 return Compatible;
4653
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004654 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4655 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004656
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004657 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004658 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004659 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004660 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004661 return Incompatible;
4662 }
4663
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004664 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4665 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4666 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004667
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004668 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004669 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004670 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4671 return Compatible;
4672 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004673 }
4674 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004675 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004676 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004677 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004678 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4679 return Compatible;
4680 }
4681 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4682 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4683 return Compatible;
4684 return Incompatible;
4685 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004686 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004687 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004688 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4689 return Compatible;
4690
4691 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004692 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004693
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004694 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004695 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004696
4697 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004698 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004699 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004700 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004701 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004702 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4703 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4704 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4705 return Compatible;
4706
4707 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4708 return PointerToInt;
4709
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004710 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004711 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004712 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4713 return Compatible;
4714 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004715 }
4716 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004717 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004718 return Compatible;
4719 return Incompatible;
4720 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004721
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004722 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004723 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004724 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004725 }
4726 return Incompatible;
4727}
4728
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004729/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4730/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004731static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004732 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4733 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4734 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004735 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4736 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004737 SourceLocation());
4738 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4739 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4740
4741 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4742 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004743 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004744 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004745 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004746}
4747
4748Sema::AssignConvertType
4749Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4750 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4751
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004752 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004753 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4754 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004755 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004756 return Incompatible;
4757
4758 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4759 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4760 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4761 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004762 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4763 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004764 it != itend; ++it) {
4765 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4766 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4767 // 1) void pointer
4768 // 2) null pointer constant
4769 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004770 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004771 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004772 InitField = *it;
4773 break;
4774 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004775
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004776 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004777 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004778 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004779 InitField = *it;
4780 break;
4781 }
4782 }
4783
4784 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4785 == Compatible) {
4786 InitField = *it;
4787 break;
4788 }
4789 }
4790
4791 if (!InitField)
4792 return Incompatible;
4793
4794 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4795 return Compatible;
4796}
4797
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004798Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004799Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004800 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4801 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4802 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4803 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4804 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004805 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004806 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004807 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004808 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004809 }
4810
4811 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4812 // structures.
4813 }
4814
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004815 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4816 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004817 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4818 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004819 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004820 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004821 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004822 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004823 return Compatible;
4824 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004825
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004826 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004827 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004828 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004829 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004830 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004831 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004832 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004833 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004834
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004835 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4836 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004837
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004838 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4839 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004840 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4841 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4842 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4843 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004844 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004845 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4846 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004847 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004848}
4849
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004850QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004851 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004852 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004853 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004854 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004855}
4856
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004857QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004858 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004859 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004860 QualType lhsType =
4861 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4862 QualType rhsType =
4863 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004864
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004865 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004866 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004867 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004868
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004869 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4870 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004871 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4872 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004873 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4874 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004875 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004876 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004877 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004878 }
4879 }
4880 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004881
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004882 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4883 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4884 bool swapped = false;
4885 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4886 swapped = true;
4887 std::swap(rex, lex);
4888 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4889 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004890
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004891 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004892 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004893 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4894 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4895 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004896 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004897 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4898 return lhsType;
4899 }
4900 }
4901 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4902 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4903 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004904 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004905 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4906 return lhsType;
4907 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004908 }
4909 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004910
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004911 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004912 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004913 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004914 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004915 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004916}
4917
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004918QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4919 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004920 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004921 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004922
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004923 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004924
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004925 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4926 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4927 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004928
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004929 // Check for division by zero.
4930 if (isDiv &&
4931 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004932 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004933 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004934
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004935 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004936}
4937
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004938QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004939 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004940 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4941 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4942 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4943 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4944 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004945
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004946 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004947
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004948 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4949 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004950
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004951 // Check for remainder by zero.
4952 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004953 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4954 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004955
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004956 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004957}
4958
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004959QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004960 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004961 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4962 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4963 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4964 return compType;
4965 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004966
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004967 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004968
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004969 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004970 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4971 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4972 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004973 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004974 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004975
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004976 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4977 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004978 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004979 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4980
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004981 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004982
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004983 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004984 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004985
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004986 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4987 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004988 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4989 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004990 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004991 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004992 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004993
4994 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4995 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4996 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004997 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004998 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4999 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5000 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5001 return QualType();
5002 }
5003
5004 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5005 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5006 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005007 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005008 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005009 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005010 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005011 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5012 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005013 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5014 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005015 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005016 return QualType();
5017 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005018 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5019 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5020 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5021 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5022 return QualType();
5023 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005024
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005025 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005026 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5027 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5028 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5029 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5030 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005031 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005032 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5033 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005034 return PExp->getType();
5035 }
5036 }
5037
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005038 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005039}
5040
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005041// C99 6.5.6
5042QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005043 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5044 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5045 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5046 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5047 return compType;
5048 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005049
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005050 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005051
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005052 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005053
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005054 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005055 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5056 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005057 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005058 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005059 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005060
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005061 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005062 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005063 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005064
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005065 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005066
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005067 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5068 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5069 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5070 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5071 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5072 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5073 return QualType();
5074 }
5075
5076 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5077 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5078 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5079 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5080 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005081 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005082 return QualType();
5083 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005084
5085 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5086 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5087 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005088 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005089 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005090 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005091 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005092 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005093
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005094 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5095 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5096 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5097 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5098 return QualType();
5099 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005100
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005101 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005102 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5103 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5104 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5105 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5106 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5107 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005108 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005109 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5110
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005111 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005112 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005113 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005114
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005115 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005116 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005117 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005118
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005119 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5120 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5121 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5122 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5123 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5124 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5125 return QualType();
5126 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005127
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005128 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5129 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5130 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005132 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005133 return QualType();
5134 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005135
5136 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5137 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5138 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5139 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5140 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005141 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5142 << rex->getSourceRange()
5143 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005144 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005145
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005146 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5147 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5148 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5149 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5150 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5151 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5152 return QualType();
5153 }
5154 } else {
5155 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5156 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5157 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5158 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5159 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5160 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5161 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5162 return QualType();
5163 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005164 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005165
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005166 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5167 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5168 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5169 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5170 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005171 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005172 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005173
5174 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005175 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5176 }
5177 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005178
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005179 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005180}
5181
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005182// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005183QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005184 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005185 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5186 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005187 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005188
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005189 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5190 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5191 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5192
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005193 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5194 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005195 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5196 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5197 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5198 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5199 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005200 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005201 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005202 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005203
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005204 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005205
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005206 // Sanity-check shift operands
5207 llvm::APSInt Right;
5208 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005209 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5210 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005211 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005212 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5213 else {
5214 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5215 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5216 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5217 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5218 }
5219 }
5220
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005221 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005222 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005223}
5224
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005225// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005226QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005227 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5228 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5229
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005230 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005231 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005232 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005233
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005234 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005235
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005236 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005237 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5238 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5239 else {
5240 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5241 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5242 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005243 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5244 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005245
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005246 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5247 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005248 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5249 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5250 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005251 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005252 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005253 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5254 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5255 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5256 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005257 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5258 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005259 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005260
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005261 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5262 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5263 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5264 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005265
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005266 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5267 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005268 Expr *literalString = 0;
5269 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005270 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005271 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005272 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005273 literalString = lex;
5274 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005275 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5276 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005277 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005278 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005279 literalString = rex;
5280 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5281 }
5282
5283 if (literalString) {
5284 std::string resultComparison;
5285 switch (Opc) {
5286 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5287 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5288 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5289 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5290 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5291 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5292 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5293 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005294
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005295 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5296 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5297 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek03a4bee2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005298 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005299 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005300 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005301
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005302 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005303 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005304
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005305 if (isRelational) {
5306 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005307 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005308 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005309 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005310 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005311 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005312
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005313 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005314 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005315 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005316
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005317 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005318 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005319 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005320 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005321
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005322 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5323 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5324 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005325 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005326 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005327 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005328 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005329 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005330
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005331 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005332 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5333 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005334 if (!isRelational &&
5335 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5336 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5337 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5338 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5339 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5340 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5341 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5342 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5343 return ResultTy;
5344 }
5345 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005346 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5347 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5348 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5349 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5350 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5351 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005352 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005353 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005354 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5355 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5356 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005357 if (T.isNull()) {
5358 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5359 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5360 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005361 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005362 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005363 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005364 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005365 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005366 }
5367
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005368 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5369 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005370 return ResultTy;
5371 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005372 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5373 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5374 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5375 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5376 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5377 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5378 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5379 }
5380 } else if (!isRelational &&
5381 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5382 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5383 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5384 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5385 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5386 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5387 }
5388 } else {
5389 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005390 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005391 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005392 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005393 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005394 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005395 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005396 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005397
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005398 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005399 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005400 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005401 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005402 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5403 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005404 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005405 return ResultTy;
5406 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005407 if (LHSIsNull &&
5408 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5409 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005410 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005411 return ResultTy;
5412 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005413
5414 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005415 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005416 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5417 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005418 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5419 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5420 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5421 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5422 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5423 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5424 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5425 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005426 // types.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005427 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5428 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5429 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005430 if (T.isNull()) {
5431 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005432 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005433 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005434 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005435 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005436 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005437 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005438 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005439 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005440
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005441 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5442 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005443 return ResultTy;
5444 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005445
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005446 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005447 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5448 return ResultTy;
5449 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005450
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005451 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005452 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005453 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5454 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005455
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005456 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005457 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005458 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005459 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005460 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005461 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005462 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005463 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005464 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005465 if (!isRelational
5466 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5467 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005468 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005469 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005470 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005471 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005472 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5473 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5474 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005475 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005476 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005477 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005478 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005479
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005480 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005481 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005482 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5483 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005484 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005485 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005486 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005487 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005488
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005489 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5490 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005491 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005492 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005493 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005494 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005495 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005496 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005497 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005498 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005499 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5500 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005501 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005502 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005503 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005504 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005505 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005506 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5507 if (RHSIsNull) {
5508 if (isRelational)
5509 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5510 } else if (isRelational)
5511 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5512 else
5513 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005514
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005515 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005516 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005517 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005518 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005519 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005520 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005521 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005522 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005523 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5524 if (LHSIsNull) {
5525 if (isRelational)
5526 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5527 } else if (isRelational)
5528 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5529 else
5530 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005531
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005532 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005533 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005534 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005535 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005536 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005537 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005538 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005539 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005540 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5541 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005542 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005543 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005544 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005545 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5546 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005547 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005548 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005549 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005550 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005551}
5552
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005553/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005554/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005555/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5556/// types.
5557QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005558 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005559 bool isRelational) {
5560 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5561 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005562 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005563 if (vType.isNull())
5564 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005565
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005566 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5567 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005568
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005569 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5570 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5571 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5572 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5573 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5574 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5575 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005576 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005577 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005578
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005579 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5580 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5581 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005582 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005583 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005584
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005585 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5586 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5587 // elements for floating point vectors.
5588 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5589 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005590
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005591 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005592 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005593 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005594 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005595 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005596 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5597
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005598 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005599 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005600 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5601}
5602
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005603inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005604 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005605 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005606 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005607
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005608 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005609
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005610 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005611 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005612 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005613}
5614
5615inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005616 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005617 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5618 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5619 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005620
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005621 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5622 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005623
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005624 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005625 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005626
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005627 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5628 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5629 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5630 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5631 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5632 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5633 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005634
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005635 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005636 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005637 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005638
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005639 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5640 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5641 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5642 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005643
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005644 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005645 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005646 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005647
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005648 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5649 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5650 // The result is a bool.
5651 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005652}
5653
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005654/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5655/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5656/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5657///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005658static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005659 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5660 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5661 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5662 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005663 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005664 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5665 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5666 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5667 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005668 }
5669 }
5670 return false;
5671}
5672
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005673/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5674/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5675static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005676 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005677 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005678 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005679 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5680 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005681 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5682 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005683
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005684 unsigned Diag = 0;
5685 bool NeedType = false;
5686 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005687 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005688 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005689 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5690 NeedType = true;
5691 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005692 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005693 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5694 NeedType = true;
5695 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005696 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005697 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5698 break;
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005699 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5700 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005701 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005702 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5703 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005704 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5705 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005706 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5707 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005708 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005709 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005710 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005711 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005712 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5713 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005714 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005715 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5716 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005717 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5718 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5719 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005720 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5721 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5722 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005723 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5724 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5725 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005726 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005727
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005728 SourceRange Assign;
5729 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5730 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005731 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005732 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005733 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005734 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005735 return true;
5736}
5737
5738
5739
5740// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005741QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5742 SourceLocation Loc,
5743 QualType CompoundType) {
5744 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5745 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005746 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005747
5748 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5749 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005750
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005751 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005752 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005753 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005754 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005755 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5756 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5757 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005758 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005759 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005760 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005761 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005762
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005763 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5764 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5765 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005766 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005767 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5768 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5769 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5770 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5771 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005772 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005773 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005774 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5775 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5776 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005777 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5778 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005779 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5780 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5781 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005782 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005783 }
5784 } else {
5785 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005786 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005787 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005788
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005789 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005790 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005791 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005792
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005793 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5794 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005795 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005796 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5797 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005798 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005799 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005800 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005801}
5802
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005803// C99 6.5.17
5804QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005805 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005806 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5807 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5808 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005809
5810 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5811 // incomplete in C++).
5812
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005813 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005814}
5815
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005816/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5817/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005818QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5819 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005820 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5821 return Context.DependentTy;
5822
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005823 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5824 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005825
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005826 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5827 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5828 if (!isInc) {
5829 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5830 return QualType();
5831 }
5832 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5833 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5834 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005835 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005836 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5837 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005838
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005839 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005840 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005841 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5842 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5843 << Op->getSourceRange();
5844 return QualType();
5845 }
5846
5847 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005848 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005849 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005850 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5851 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5852 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5853 return QualType();
5854 }
5855
5856 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005857 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005858 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005859 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005860 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005861 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005862 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005863 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5864 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5865 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5866 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5867 return QualType();
5868 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005869 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005870 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5871 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005872 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005873 } else {
5874 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005875 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005876 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005877 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005878 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005879 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005880 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005881 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005882 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005883}
5884
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005885/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005886/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005887/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5888/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5889/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5890/// - &(x) => x
5891/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5892/// - &s.xx => s
5893/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5894/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5895/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5896/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005897static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005898 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005899 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005900 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005901 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005902 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5903 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5904 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005905 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005906 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005907 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005908 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005909 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005910 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5911 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005912 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5913 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5914 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5915 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5916 }
5917 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005918 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005919 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5920 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005921
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005922 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005923 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5924 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5925 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5926 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5927 default:
5928 return 0;
5929 }
5930 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005931 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005932 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005933 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005934 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5935 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005936 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005937 default:
5938 return 0;
5939 }
5940}
5941
5942/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005943/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005944/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005945/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005946/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005947/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005948/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005949QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005950 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5951 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5952
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005953 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5954 return Context.DependentTy;
5955
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005956 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5957 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5958 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5959 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5960 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5961 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5962 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5963 }
5964 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5965 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5966 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005967 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005968 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005969
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005970 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5971 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5972 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5973 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5974 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5975 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5976 // branch of the if, below.
5977 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5978 << dcl;
5979 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5980
5981 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5982 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5983 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5984 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005985 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
5986 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
5987 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
5988 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
5989 if (isSFINAEContext())
5990 return QualType();
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005991 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005992 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005993 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005994 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005995 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005996 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5997 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005998 return QualType();
5999 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006000 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006001 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6002 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6003 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006004 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006005 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006006 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006007 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006008 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006009 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006010 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6011 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6012 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6013 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6014 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006015 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6016 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006017 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6018 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006019 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6020 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006021 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006022 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006023 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6024 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
6025 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006026 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6027 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006028 return QualType();
6029 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006030 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006031 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006032 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006033 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006034 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6035 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006036 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006037 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006038 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6039 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006040 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006041 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6042 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6043 return QualType();
6044 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006045
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006046 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6047 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006048 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006049 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006050 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006051 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006052 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006053 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6054 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006055 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6056 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6057 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006058 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006059 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006060
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006061 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6062 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6063 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6064 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6065 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6066 }
6067
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006068 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6069 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6070}
6071
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006072QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006073 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6074 return Context.DependentTy;
6075
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006076 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6077 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006078
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006079 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6080 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6081 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6082 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006083 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006084 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006085
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006086 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006087 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006088
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006089 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006090 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006091 return QualType();
6092}
6093
6094static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6095 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6096 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6097 switch (Kind) {
6098 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006099 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6100 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006101 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6102 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6103 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6104 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6105 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6106 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6107 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6108 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6109 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6110 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6111 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6112 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6113 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6114 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6115 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6116 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6117 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6118 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6119 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6120 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6121 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6122 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6123 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6124 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6125 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6126 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6127 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6128 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6129 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6130 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6131 }
6132 return Opc;
6133}
6134
6135static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6136 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6137 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6138 switch (Kind) {
6139 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6140 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6141 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6142 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6143 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6144 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6145 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6146 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6147 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006148 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6149 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6150 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6151 }
6152 return Opc;
6153}
6154
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006155/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6156/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6157/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006158Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6159 unsigned Op,
6160 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006161 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006162 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006163 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6164 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6165 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006166
6167 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006168 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6169 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6170 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006171 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6172 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6173 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6174 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6175 break;
6176 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006177 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006178 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6179 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006180 break;
6181 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6182 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6183 break;
6184 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6185 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6186 break;
6187 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6188 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6189 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006190 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006191 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6192 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6193 break;
6194 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6195 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6196 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6197 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006198 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006199 break;
6200 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6201 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006202 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006203 break;
6204 case BinaryOperator::And:
6205 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6206 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6207 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6208 break;
6209 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6210 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6211 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6212 break;
6213 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6214 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006215 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6216 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006217 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6218 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6219 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006220 break;
6221 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006222 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6223 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6224 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6225 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006226 break;
6227 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006228 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6229 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6230 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006231 break;
6232 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006233 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6234 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6235 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006236 break;
6237 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6238 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006239 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6240 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6241 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6242 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006243 break;
6244 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6245 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6246 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006247 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6248 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6249 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6250 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006251 break;
6252 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6253 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6254 break;
6255 }
6256 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006257 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006258 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006259 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6260 else
6261 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006262 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6263 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006264}
6265
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006266/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6267/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006268static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6269 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006270 SourceRange ParenRange,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006271 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD,
6272 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006273 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6274 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6275 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6276 // warning/error and return.
6277 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6278 return;
6279 }
6280
6281 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006282 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6283 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006284
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006285 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6286 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006287
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006288 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6289 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6290 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6291 // warning/error and return.
6292 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6293 return;
6294 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006295
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006296 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006297 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6298 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006299}
6300
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006301/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6302/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6303/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6304/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006305static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6306 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006307 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6308 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6309 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6310 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006311 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006312 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006313 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6314
6315 // Subs are not binary operators.
6316 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6317 return;
6318
6319 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6320 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006321 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6322 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006323 return;
6324
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006325 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006326 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006327 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006328 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6329 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006330 lhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006331 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006332 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006333 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6334 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006335 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006336 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006337 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6338 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006339 rhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006340 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006341 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006342 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006343}
6344
6345/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6346/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6347/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6348static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6349 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006350 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006351 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6352}
6353
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006354// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006355Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6356 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6357 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006358 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006359 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006360
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006361 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6362 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006363
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006364 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6365 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6366
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006367 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6368}
6369
6370Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6371 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6372 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006374 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006375 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6376 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6377 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6378 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6379 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006380 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006381 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006382 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6383 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6384 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006385
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006386 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6387 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006388 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006389 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006390
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006391 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006392 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006393}
6394
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006395Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006396 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006397 ExprArg InputArg) {
6398 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006399
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006400 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006401 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006402 QualType resultType;
6403 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006404 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6405 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6406 break;
6407
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006408 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6409 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006410 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6411 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006412 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006413 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6414 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006415 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006416 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006417 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6418 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006419 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006420 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006421 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6422 break;
6423 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6424 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006425 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6426 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006427 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6428 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006429 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6430 break;
6431 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6432 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6433 break;
6434 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6435 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6436 resultType->isPointerType())
6437 break;
6438
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006439 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6440 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006441 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006442 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6443 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006444 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6445 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006446 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6447 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6448 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006449 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006450 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006451 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006452 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6453 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006454 break;
6455 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6456 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006457 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006458 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006459 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6460 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006461 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006462 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6463 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006464 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006465 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6466 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006467 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006468 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006469 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006470 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006471 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006472 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006473 resultType = Input->getType();
6474 break;
6475 }
6476 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006477 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006478
6479 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006480 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006481}
6482
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006483Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6484 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6485 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006486 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006487 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6488 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006489 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6490 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6491 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6492 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006493 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006494 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006495 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6496 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6497 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006498
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006499 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6500 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006501
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006502 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6503}
6504
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006505// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6506Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6507 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6508 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6509}
6510
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006511/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006512Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6513 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6514 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006515 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006516 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006517
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006518 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6519 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006520 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006521 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006522
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006523 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006524 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6525 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006526}
6527
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006528Sema::OwningExprResult
6529Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6530 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6531 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006532 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6533 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6534
Douglas Gregordd8f5692010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006535 bool isFileScope
6536 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006537 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006538 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006539
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006540 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6541 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6542 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006543
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006544 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6545 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6546 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006547
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006548 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6549 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6550 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6551 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6552 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006553
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006554 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006555 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006556 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006557
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006558 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6559 // expressions are not lvalues.
6560
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006561 substmt.release();
6562 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006563}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006564
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006565Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6566 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6567 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6568 TypeTy *argty,
6569 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6570 unsigned NumComponents,
6571 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6572 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6573 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006574 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6575 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006576 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006577
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006578 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6579
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006580 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6581 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6582 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006583 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006584 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006585
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006586 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6587 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006588
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006589 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6590 // the offsetof designators.
6591 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6592 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006593 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006594 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006595
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006596 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6597 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006598 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6599 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006600 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006601 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6602 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006603
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006604 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006605 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006606
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006607 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6608 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6609 return ExprError();
6610
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006611 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6612 // leaks like a sieve.
6613 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6614 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6615 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6616 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6617 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6618 if (!AT) {
6619 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006620 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6621 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006622 }
6623
6624 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6625
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006626 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6627 // expression.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006628 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006629
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006630 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6631 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006632 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006633 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006634 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006635 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006636 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006637
6638 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6639 OC.LocEnd);
6640 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006641 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006642
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006643 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006644 if (!RC) {
6645 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006646 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6647 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006648 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006649
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006650 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6651 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006652 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006653 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6654 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6655 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6656 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6657 << Res->getType()))
6658 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006659 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006660
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006661 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6662 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006663
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006664 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006665 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006666 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006667 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6668 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006669
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006670 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6671 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006672 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006673 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006674 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006675 } else {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006676 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6677 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006678 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6679 // doesn't matter here.
6680 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6681 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6682 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006683 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006684 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006685
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006686 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6687 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006688}
6689
6690
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006691Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6692 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6693 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006694 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6695 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6696 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006697
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006698 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006699
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006700 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6701 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6702 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6703 return ExprError();
6704 }
6705
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006706 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6707 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006708}
6709
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006710Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6711 ExprArg cond,
6712 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6713 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6714 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6715 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6716 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006717
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006718 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6719
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006720 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006721 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006722 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006723 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006724 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006725 } else {
6726 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6727 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6728 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6729 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006730 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6731 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6732 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006733
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006734 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6735 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006736 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6737 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006738 }
6739
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006740 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6741 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006742 resType, RPLoc,
6743 resType->isDependentType(),
6744 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006745}
6746
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006747//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6748// Clang Extensions.
6749//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6750
6751/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006752void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006753 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6754 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6755 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6756 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006757}
6758
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006759void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006760 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006761 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006762
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006763 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6764 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006765 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006766 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6767
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006768 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6769 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6770 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6771 return;
6772 }
6773
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006774 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6775 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006776 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6777 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006778
6779 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6780 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006781 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006782 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006783 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006784 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006785 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6786 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006787 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006788
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006789 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6790 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6791 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6792 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6793 return;
6794 }
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006795
6796 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006797 return;
6798 }
6799
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006800 // Analyze arguments to block.
6801 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6802 "Not a function declarator!");
6803 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006804
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006805 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6806 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006807
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006808 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6809 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6810 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6811 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006812 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6813 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006814 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006815 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006816 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006817 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6818 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6819 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6820 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6821 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6822 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6823 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6824 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6825 }
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006826 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006827 }
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006828 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006829 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006830 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006831 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006832
6833 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6834 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6835
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006836 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006837 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6838 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6839
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006840 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006841 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6842 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6843 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6844
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006845 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006846 }
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006847 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006848
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006849 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006850 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006851 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006852 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006853 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006854 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6855 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006856
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006857 // Analyze the return type.
6858 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006859 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006860
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006861 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6862 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6863 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6864 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6865 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006866 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006867}
6868
6869/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6870/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6871void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006872 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006873 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006874 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006875 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006876}
6877
6878/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6879/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006880Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6881 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006882 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6883 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6884 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006885
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006886 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006887
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006888 PopDeclContext();
6889
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006890 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006891 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6892 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006893
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006894 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6895 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6896 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006897
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006898 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006899 QualType BlockTy;
6900 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006901 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006902 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006903 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006904 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006905 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006906 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006907
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006908 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006909 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006910 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006911
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006912 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006913 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006914 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006915
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006916 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006917
6918 bool Good = true;
6919 // Check goto/label use.
6920 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6921 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6922 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6923
6924 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6925 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6926 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6927 continue;
6928
6929 // Emit error.
6930 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6931 Good = false;
6932 }
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006933 if (!Good) {
6934 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006935 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006936 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006937
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006938 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenekd064fdc2010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006939 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6940 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6941 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006942
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006943 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6944 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006945 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006946 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006947}
6948
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006949Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6950 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6951 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006952 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006953 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6954 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006955
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006956 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006957
6958 // Get the va_list type
6959 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006960 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6961 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6962 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6963 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006964 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006965 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6966 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6967 } else {
6968 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6969 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006970 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006971 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006972 return ExprError();
6973 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006974
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006975 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6976 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006977 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6978 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006979 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006980 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006981
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006982 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006983 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006984
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006985 expr.release();
6986 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6987 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006988}
6989
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006990Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006991 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6992 // pointers on the target.
6993 QualType Ty;
6994 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6995 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6996 else
6997 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6998
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006999 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007000}
7001
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007002static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7003 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007004 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7005 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007006
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007007 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7008 if (!PT)
7009 return;
7010
7011 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7012 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7013 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7014 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7015 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7016 return;
7017 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007018
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007019 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7020 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7021 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7022 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007023
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007024 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007025}
7026
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007027bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7028 SourceLocation Loc,
7029 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007030 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007031 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7032 bool isInvalid = false;
7033 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007034 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007035
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007036 switch (ConvTy) {
7037 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7038 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007039 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007040 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7041 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007042 case IntToPointer:
7043 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7044 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007045 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007046 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007047 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7048 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007049 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7050 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7051 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007052 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7053 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7054 break;
7055 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007056 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7057 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7058 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7059 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7060 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7061 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7062 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7063 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7064 // C++ semantics.
7065 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7066 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7067 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007068 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7069 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007070 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007071 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007072 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007073 case IntToBlockPointer:
7074 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7075 break;
7076 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007077 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007078 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007079 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007080 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007081 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7082 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7083 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007084 case IncompatibleVectors:
7085 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7086 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007087 case Incompatible:
7088 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7089 isInvalid = true;
7090 break;
7091 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007092
Douglas Gregord4eea832010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007093 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7094 switch (Action) {
7095 case AA_Assigning:
7096 case AA_Initializing:
7097 // The destination type comes first.
7098 FirstType = DstType;
7099 SecondType = SrcType;
7100 break;
7101
7102 case AA_Returning:
7103 case AA_Passing:
7104 case AA_Converting:
7105 case AA_Sending:
7106 case AA_Casting:
7107 // The source type comes first.
7108 FirstType = SrcType;
7109 SecondType = DstType;
7110 break;
7111 }
7112
7113 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007114 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007115 return isInvalid;
7116}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007117
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007118bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007119 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7120 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7121 if (Result)
7122 *Result = ICEResult;
7123 return false;
7124 }
7125
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007126 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7127
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007128 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007129 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7130 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7131
7132 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7133 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7134 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7135 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7136 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7137 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7138 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007139
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007140 return true;
7141 }
7142
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007143 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7144 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007145
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007146 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7147 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7148 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007149
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007150 if (Result)
7151 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7152 return false;
7153}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007154
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007155void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007156Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007157 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7158 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007159}
7160
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007161void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007162Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7163 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7164 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7165 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007166
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007167 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7168 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7169 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7170 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7171 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007172 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007173 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7174 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7175 I != IEnd; ++I)
7176 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7177 }
7178
7179 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7180 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7181 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7182 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7183 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7184 I != IEnd; ++I)
7185 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7186 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007187 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007188
7189 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7190 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7191 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7192 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007193 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007194 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7195 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7196 ExprTemporaries.end());
7197
7198 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7199 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007200}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007201
7202/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7203///
7204/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7205/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7206/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7207/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7208///
7209/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7210///
7211/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7212void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7213 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007214
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007215 if (D->isUsed())
7216 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007217
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007218 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7219 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7220 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7221 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007222 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007223 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007224 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007225 return;
7226 }
7227
7228 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7229 return;
7230
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007231 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7232 // an instantiation.
7233 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7234 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007235
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007236 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007237 case Unevaluated:
7238 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7239 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007240
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007241 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7242 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7243 // "used"; handle this below.
7244 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007245
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007246 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7247 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7248 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7249 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007250 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007251 return;
7252 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007253
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007254 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007255 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007256 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007257 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7258 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7259 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007260 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007261 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007262 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7263 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7264 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007265
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007266 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007267 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7268 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7269 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007270
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007271 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7272 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7273 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7274 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7275 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7276 }
7277 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007278 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007279 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007280 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007281 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007282 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7283 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7284 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7285 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7286 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007287 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007288 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007289 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007290 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007291 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7292 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7293 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007294 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007295 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007296 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7297 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007298
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007299 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7300 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7301 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7302 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7303 Loc));
7304 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007305 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007306 Loc));
7307 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007308 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007309
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007310 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007311 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007312
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007313 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007314 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007315
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007316 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007317 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007318 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007319 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7320 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7321 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7322 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7323 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7324 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7325 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7326 }
7327 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007328
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007329 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007330
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007331 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007332 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007333 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007334}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007335
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007336/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7337/// of the program being compiled.
7338///
7339/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007340/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007341/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7342/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7343/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7344/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007345/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007346/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007347///
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007348/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7349/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7350/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7351/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007352bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007353 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7354 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7355 case Unevaluated:
7356 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7357 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007358
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007359 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7360 Diag(Loc, PD);
7361 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007362
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007363 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7364 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7365 break;
7366 }
7367
7368 return false;
7369}
7370
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007371bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7372 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7373 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7374 return false;
7375
7376 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7377 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7378 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7379 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007380
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007381 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007382 FD ?
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007383 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7384 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007385 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007386 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7387 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7388 return true;
7389
7390 return false;
7391}
7392
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007393// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7394// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7395void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7396 SourceLocation Loc;
7397
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007398 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7399
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007400 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7401 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7402 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7403 return;
7404
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007405 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7406 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7407 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7408 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7409
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007410 // self = [<foo> init...]
7411 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7412 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7413 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7414
7415 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7416 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7417 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7418 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7419 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007420
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007421 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7422 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7423 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7424 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7425 return;
7426
7427 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7428 } else {
7429 // Not an assignment.
7430 return;
7431 }
7432
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007433 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007434 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007435
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007436 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007437 << E->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007438 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7439 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007440 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007441 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007442}
7443
7444bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7445 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7446
7447 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007448 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007449
7450 QualType T = E->getType();
7451
7452 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7453 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7454 return true;
7455 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7456 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7457 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7458 return true;
7459 }
7460 }
7461
7462 return false;
7463}